From 860b9cb8ab382895986cb53130e9907c058fa3e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:21:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2077bdf028..7fca8aab42 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of 1 Peter

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)

* Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
* Command to be holy (1:13–21)
* Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)

* How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
* How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
* The end is near (4:7–11)

1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)

* How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)
* Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)

1. Conclusion (5:12–14)

### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?

The author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])

### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?

Peter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### How were Christians treated in Rome?

Peter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Singular and plural “you”

In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?

“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Peter reminds the believers of their identity in Christ (1:3–2:10)\n\n * Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)\n * Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n * Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n\n1. Peter tells the believers how they should behave (2:11–4:11)\n\n * How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n * How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n * The end is near (4:7–11)\n\n1. Peter encourages the believers to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n\n * How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n * Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n\n1. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe author identified himself as Peter, who was also called Simon Peter. He was an apostle and also wrote the book of 2 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter in Rome. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)). Peter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. In [5:13](../05/13.md) Peter referred to Rome symbolically as “Babylon.” It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from a pure heart” ([1:22](../01/22.md)). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “Having purified your souls by obedience to the truth *through the Spirit* for sincere brotherly love, love one another earnestly from the heart.” Translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Introduction (1:1–2)
2. Peter praises God for saving the believers (1:3–12)
3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)
4. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)

Peter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at that time.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).

## Special concepts in this chapter

### What God reveals

When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.

### Holiness

God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

### Eternity

Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are also glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)) 1PE 1 1 g6b4 figs-123person Πέτρος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, Peter, am writing this letter” or “From Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 1 1 p0pd translate-names Πέτρος 1 **Peter** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to 1 Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)
2. The end is near (4:7–11)
3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Ungodly Gentiles

This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Martyrdom

It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”

Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nThis passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 831bec007cb7f23af97622285a413ac2256db1a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:24:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7fca8aab42..c6182b20d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nThis passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c12cd69d2bd0617892d94deb0bc9b907c3053734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:31:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 004/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c6182b20d0..d8358d1aca 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 1 25 aba2 figs-metonym τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Peter quotes Isaiah using **word** figuratively to describe all that God has spoken by using words. This general reference to God’s word would include what God had said about the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message that comes from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 pp62 figs-metonym τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα 1 Here Peter uses **word** in the same specific sense as in [verse 23](../01/23.md). It is not the general meaning of **word** used earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ ῥῆμα τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the word that has been proclaimed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the word that we have proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)
2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Stones

The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Milk and babies

When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### Sheep and shepherds

The Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) +1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Command to love each other as a family (1:22–2:10)\n2. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10 and the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Stones\n\nThe Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, which is the most important stone. According to [Ephesians 2:20](../../eph/02/02.md), the apostles and prophets are the foundation, which is the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])\n\n### Milk and babies\n\nWhen Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk” in [2:2](../02/02.md), he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Sheep and shepherds\n\nThe Bible often speaks metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter alludes to [Isaiah 53:6](../../isa/53/06.md) to describe unbelievers as sheep that wander aimlessly and don’t know where they are going. God’s people are also similar to sheep in that they are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. In [verse 25](../02/25.md), Peter also refers to Jesus as a shepherd who takes care believers, which is a similar idea to what Jesus said in [John 10:11–18](../../jhn/10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/shepherd]]) 1PE 2 1 n3x5 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore **Therefore** here refers back to everything that Peter has said in the previous paragraph ([1:22–25](../01/22.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1PE 2 1 inct figs-declarative ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander Peter speaks of these sinful actions figuratively as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 90d043b6d237c02d488ad8a5f9bde4e895ed8bc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:31:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d8358d1aca..71e10323ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)
2. Conclusion (5:12–14)

Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Crowns

The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Lion

All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

### Babylon

Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d1c881afb701255eefeee20472b038af049aae37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:34:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 71e10323ce..e043d5f60e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 2 25 jkfu figs-activepassive ἐπεστράφητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has turned you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter uses **shepherd** and **overseer** figuratively to refer to Jesus. Just as a **shepherd** protects his sheep and an **overseer** takes care of his workers, Jesus protects and takes care of those who trust in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who protects and takes care of your souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 25 z6q2 figs-synecdoche τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)
2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### “the spirits in prison”

[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah.

### “Baptism now saves you”

In [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. +1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should act toward other people (2:11–3:12)\n2. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verses 10–12](../03/10.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “the spirits in prison”\n\n[Verse 19](../03/19.md) states that Jesus went and proclaimed to “the spirits in prison” but does not mention what Jesus proclaimed or who these spirits are. [Verse 20](../03/20.md) states that these spirits disobeyed God during the time of Noah. Many scholars think that this means one of the following three meanings, each of which will be discussed in the notes for verses [19](../03/19.md) and [20](../03/20.md): (1) The spirits are demons who were imprisoned by God because they did something evil during Noah’s time (see [2 Peter 2:4–5](../../2pe/02/04.md); [Jude 6–7](../../jud/01/06.md); [Genesis 6:1–4](../../gen/06/01.md)). [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to the place where they are imprisoned and proclaimed his victory to them at some time between his death on the cross and return to heaven. (2) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time and the prison is the realm of the dead. [Verse 19](../03/19.md) then means that Jesus went to hell and proclaimed his victory to those dead people there between his death and resurrection. (3) The spirits are sinful human beings who died during the flood in Noah’s time, but [verse 19](../03/19.md) refers to the pre-incarnate form of Jesus indirectly preaching the gospel to them through the preaching of Noah. \n\n### “Baptism now saves you”\n\nIn [verse 20](../03/20.md) Peter refers to the story of God rescuing Noah and his family from the flood “through water.” Then in [verse 21](../03/21.md) he states that the water is an “antitype” for baptism, which is a Christian ritual by which a person publicly identifies as a Christian. Then Peter makes the statement that baptism “now saves you.” Since the New Testament authors repeatedly state that God alone saves people and no one can do any work to be saved, Peter’s statement cannot mean that a person can be saved by being baptized. Rather, Peter uses the word “baptism” figuratively to refer to the faith in Jesus that a person publicly confesses when that person is baptized. Peter indicates later in [verse 21](../03/21.md) that he is not referring to water baptism when he says that he is not referring to “the removal of dirt from the flesh.” Peter further states that the baptism he is referring to saves “through the resurrection of Jesus Christ,” which means that a person is saved by faith in Jesus because Jesus rose from the dead. 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: In [verses 1–6](../03/01.md) Peter gives instructions specifically to women who are wives. 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some are disobedient to the word Here, **being disobedient to the word** could refer to: (1) refusing to believe the gospel message, as in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some do not believe the message about Jesus” (2) disobeying the commands God gave in his word. Alternate translation: “some do not obey what God commands in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 3 1 kbis figs-activepassive κερδηθήσονται 1 they will be won If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will win them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in this passage Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a032b4b08933b90319d51f450a5bc8939700dc6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:37:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 007/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e043d5f60e..79ad5b320e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified ungodly people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 35af211023e6129f0a7e694c2854408dd44bfeae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 21:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 008/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 79ad5b320e..67075f5711 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3f23c03b6071ddbec52673525be0a3a097242f3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 22:39:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 67075f5711..04cb9296bd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. -1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings. -1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Alternate translation: “in his body” -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth” +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. From 2e6bd18b67005aa4a98f54251982f067b8239282 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 22:49:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 010/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 04cb9296bd..c84c5d3b34 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here “flesh” means “body.” Alternate translation: “in his body” or “while here on earth” -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase **arm yourselves** makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures **the same intention** as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. From 1de5a0bc22a65dbab1f9fa72c0f8a2773a673c60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:37:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c84c5d3b34..f28332e7d2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Alternate translation: “has stopped sinning” +1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means suffering because of ones faith indicates that that person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 7dc14ce08e90fdab47fe6a6fdbfb659537de11f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:40:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 012/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f28332e7d2..ac11966465 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means suffering because of ones faith indicates that that person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From bcf3ad73bce059cc3b2dad0b0b6aa029faf3d539 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Thu, 16 Jun 2022 23:47:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 013/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ac11966465..ff75899ecc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is no longer living with a sinful mindset. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 0389c6406fae1b82cbc1b56cc1c747e870e86c13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 03:30:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ff75899ecc..8bcc0f3f37 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” or “is no longer involved in sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 5e0c965a25c3aeec012ac081cae73f88592a20e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:07:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8bcc0f3f37..8eef3b761b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 2ef920d9a9e31764c69330fcbc4229cc3a2f0377 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:33:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 016/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8eef3b761b..139b3f0ffe 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From d8f346bcb511919f7a3d2e0214e2fd0c74fedca0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:39:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 017/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 139b3f0ffe..05367341ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From da493adf5e6f9055f325d2dcf507d5ab0412cff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:57:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 018/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 05367341ce..690ae78124 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men for the things that sinful people normally desire +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** specifcally refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies From 6c148d66eea5579810a20b1b6afa760bae0986ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:58:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 019/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 690ae78124..98a89c86ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** specifcally refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. From 360c8c8b38be07ae916633fd5d601af31e855b0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 18:31:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 98a89c86ce..778b8936da 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 carousing, drunken parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner. +1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From b290bd3883d9a45468b5f4b520aac389b146e0cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 20:12:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 021/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 778b8936da..b23b083df5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -368,6 +368,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” +1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies From 7efeff9fb62cb2a2451fce2a48c8320244aa025a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 20:26:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b23b083df5..3fdb703ca9 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -371,6 +371,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From d44f586b0784f8f0b8d3b6d8dd8187a170b12002 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:13:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 023/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3fdb703ca9..8e35492ffc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,6 +372,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 4 c4ma μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. From c60d9e93b85845e27d825465eafcc284e2dcb589 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:36:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 024/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 8e35492ffc..a34b9813e6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 4 c4ma μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 -1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that were being poured out. +1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) From 2dbf2019aef1095f8d36809af472d2dedd5aff42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 21:45:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a34b9813e6..9071e23f0a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies +1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. From 213de0c037420c57cafa61bdbb5b2cba02692d35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Fri, 17 Jun 2022 22:44:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9071e23f0a..4d6adf19fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -375,8 +375,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge This could mean: (1) This refers to God, who is ready to judge. (2) This refers to Christ, who is ready to judge. -1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead This means all people, whether they are still alive or have died. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +1PE 4 5 datm figs-metaphor οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1904844534db6c725b4d99ff44196719a2823838 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Sat, 18 Jun 2022 00:03:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4d6adf19fc..2c00599baf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. -1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) Men preached. Alternate translation: “men preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. From 23fa544e18567dc5fee9db74f49e802b3456e980 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 16:37:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 028/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 2c00599baf..be61e4ebed 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead This could mean: (1) The gospel was preached also to people who had already died. (2) The gospel was preached also to those who were alive but are now dead. +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) From c4c4f94c5ada8f666ce6acfc5985ca76db1e985d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 16:45:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 029/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index be61e4ebed..e0d9d6bb1f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,8 +379,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (2) people preached. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. From 1f855fac6122b6a662c0734ef6877834e0fdfe8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:13:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e0d9d6bb1f..5320bb3720 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,9 +379,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Although some people believe that this means that Jesus preached the gospel to unbelievers in hell after he died on the cross, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: “God judged them in their bodies as humans” (2) Men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in their bodies as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them during their lives as humans. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. From db457e51af2060f9977c3ebe4592beb998538217 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:17:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 031/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 5320bb3720..aa2eefb8fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them during their lives as humans. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here, **in the flesh** 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 9f29f62dec11fb31b8deab2b280f68c782672a5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:23:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 032/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index aa2eefb8fa..d39f5c8b42 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here, **in the flesh** +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-idiom κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be judged while on earth” or “they might be judged during this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7c38b25fe4a9dc2b6875e0028c733dd7d34d4e2c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:27:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d39f5c8b42..06d9870534 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-idiom κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a persons lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might be judged while on earth” or “they might be judged during this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From f60f048c68befc47af79072c8faf45fc321e33f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:32:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 06d9870534..fa7b46e46f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -383,7 +383,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 they may live in the spirit according to God This could mean: (1) They should live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so. (2) They should live according to God’s standards by the power of the Holy Spirit. +1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the spirit** could mean: (1) the spiritual realm, as opposed to physical life on earth. (2) the Holy Spirit. +1PE 4 6 n8wo 1 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From bdd0956a79526f4ee65438e9989c66f54ee36f8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:47:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 035/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index fa7b46e46f..f71eb7790b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -383,8 +383,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the spirit** could mean: (1) the spiritual realm, as opposed to physical life on earth. (2) the Holy Spirit. -1PE 4 6 n8wo 1 +1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 1fadebf6c81b00bf6905ecaf84c37c08246ed98b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:49:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 036/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f71eb7790b..1e0f9a4d14 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,6 +382,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. From b095476a34bc8db7e2d58d7fcbdd69e2ac7e3d8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:51:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1e0f9a4d14..14f7e89ca5 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -382,8 +382,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy κριθῶσι…σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7bef32355f88b15660986745b8ad67f530d7468f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 17:53:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 14f7e89ca5..6ff204c7c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -384,6 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a5c6450700141c0b0f2768ffe2d87e8afef37d56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:16:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 039/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6ff204c7c0..39cda26df7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. -1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it has physically come closer in distance. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” From 935bafbbb5d0f56f57f3aa1d26b72b812a695f2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:41:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 39cda26df7..c089477aaf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober Here the word **sober** refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “control your thoughts” or “be careful about what you think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 50665d557d5441d4beb4c684cee287a1f17ae5ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 18:44:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c089477aaf..654afcbf22 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -390,6 +390,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 619218199a20ba5a39d9b0ff6b10c5d5ac194814 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 20:31:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 042/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 654afcbf22..35e1fbbbdd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,12 +388,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completed clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 above all Alternate translation: “most importantly of all” -1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -1PE 4 8 b7p0 figs-metaphor ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter speaks of **love** as a person who places a cover over the sins of others. This could mean: (1) A person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned. (2) A person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 107d7d11098e4b6cb180109bda2eb035713e0fbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 20:55:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 043/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 35e1fbbbdd..6a1b738d60 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable showing kindness to and welcoming guests and travelers +1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 50a9812209678a2ad5cd5c2fa8d00c799bb1b6a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:00:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 044/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6a1b738d60..b7c7fe6ecd 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. +1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From d5c504b717f1f6cebeaf8d822520dab2b948efe4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:08:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index b7c7fe6ecd..34b4d2709f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -393,6 +393,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 819f437c7adc7a7b89c58cb4a668677770769add Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:34:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 046/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +++ 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 34b4d2709f..72e00e5357 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,6 +395,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 +1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 83223f2edc2f8d5264566c9c4e4319549a31cae8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:42:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 047/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 72e00e5357..51f061df3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: “Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 From e8358644efeb2bc7b25d4bf02b037656fe29b0d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:48:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 048/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 51f061df3a..702d8a3a2c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing Gods gift’s well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From b4eefca4ae015f407909d06ae3f610af0f517ba0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 21:53:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 049/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 702d8a3a2c..3360cd8a1e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing Gods gift’s well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cf2ff1a5d8bb0e12e28ed5314e2c9bd73bfc9a1a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:02:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 050/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3360cd8a1e..a10df13f1d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -396,8 +396,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 10 ias9 figs-abstractnouns ποικίλης χάριτος 1 -1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession 1 +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From a52e05bfaf307dcd441578ec229df7dfe8ced5e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:05:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 051/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a10df13f1d..e1bc5c173f 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to help other believers as if managing things for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored From 565f4c0a216171c2ab6cb1deb5d11649f82d31ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 22:45:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 052/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 ++++-- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e1bc5c173f..400e6ad465 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -397,8 +397,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that in all ways you will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 11 wq9e δοξάζηται 1 may be glorified may be praised and honored +1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” From 5be56b92c9d99ff591f9ee5f55ce0cb3f217a489 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Mon, 20 Jun 2022 23:36:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 053/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 400e6ad465..aae9bbca8a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person’s faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to a Christian suffering as if that person were gold being refined by passing it through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 283e19ed7aa6db7f07f3575b60fceef06aecd33d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:17:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index aae9bbca8a..1b685b396e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to a Christian suffering as if that person were gold being refined by passing it through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 27e838e407818fdfd2b487af6d0b8eb7dd3a7d6e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:37:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1b685b396e..63ced6b290 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory Alternate translation: “when God reveals Christ’s glory” 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 188d448fa3bb8ee50243b8dfd407784d3f3fc46e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:38:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 056/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 63ced6b290..d24da115ab 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 2cdda65f69530baf9fa5d2bbec4ec90426b2eecf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:44:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 057/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d24da115ab..123dad2cb2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be very glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From a37ffe3440335f1f7275cd1bf45a0f77966ce8bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:44:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 058/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 123dad2cb2..9cd03f485e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) From 6d1b95a1185fa61d71ae75cec9db5b6f17055930 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:47:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9cd03f485e..f71390b3c0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -403,6 +403,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 8aa2ca31c1a1e4d3901a170144f71d5e1df5811a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 15:56:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 060/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index f71390b3c0..bcd329a17b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here the word **name** refers to Christ himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you From 2ad4c02fed2464e3249107057d5114c6f73b8f92 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 16:11:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index bcd329a17b..7b929b2139 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -405,9 +405,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people insult you because you believe in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” From 2b5442d152644f444274e7f9e01a88d1a0f9add5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 16:12:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 062/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7b929b2139..7e5a9f6d4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -407,6 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. From 6cedfcf4edb64b0cb03543f0acc66fc7a4b5ae95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:19:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7e5a9f6d4c..ffb1ffa436 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you +1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 8058dfe78e3b0157a11ee552694b630c618b21c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:24:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index ffb1ffa436..d1589bd95c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has blessed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. From 29bafcb0f501406fb78ab5f8bdbbf46518b69cff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 17:33:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d1589bd95c..54a183995d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -410,7 +410,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-explicit τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and of God Here, **of glory** and **of God** both refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God” or “the glorious Holy Spirit of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. +1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” 1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 8c2937d341398c0a277adc63e70020449f4bcccc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 18:03:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 54a183995d..29b1499b6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian.” The words **this name** refer to the word “Christian” +1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” From 5b0b133ef772f3fe617519385e86ec10f0a05b35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 20:32:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 29b1499b6d..9295db1b3c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,6 +412,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 62e379171a4bb17f6143e54609479076817aaec1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 20:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 068/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9295db1b3c..0d5a0bb8cf 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -414,8 +414,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” 1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God’s family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” 1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 5fe22cf4940658c8bed11759d7019723773865f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:17:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 069/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 0d5a0bb8cf..c37b4581a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -417,8 +417,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Alternate translation: “what will happen to those who disobey” -1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Alternate translation: “of those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word **disobeying** means they do not believe. +1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” From abb3015224ca5a0661c0c56fdad784dddc1e8e57 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:20:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 070/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 +++- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c37b4581a3..6e65b5cec0 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,10 +412,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the second person. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 17 v74q figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n From 5348b70de6f2270a4740ddc0f3044a4086445e87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:22:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 071/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6e65b5cec0..353f6bef4e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 17 v74q figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d99884183933812be8826efa1d1e0c695a196433 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 21:29:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 353f6bef4e..3300e20b51 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-metaphor 1 the household of God +1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n From cfa250ac22528693030276e89965bf20a4f993cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:12:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 5 +++-- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3300e20b51..9ef46a59a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here the word **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 the righteous … where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man … the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Jesus is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) From 1ee41b38b0b289099d26f71d7c2cb7ed489eaa39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:28:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9ef46a59a3..7528aa7fa6 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Jesus is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 095a677a0164e0a3cd42af516b66fa34eb8f18ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:35:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 075/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7528aa7fa6..48ffa311c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous people … ungodly and sinful people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 2098e873bfe9f525282a970d8f03315d056821eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:48:46 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 076/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 48ffa311c3..1e79506f3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -425,8 +425,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “it will be much worse for the ungodly and sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” +1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 904280da0794eea1018c9e95cbd15ea2d2c93391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 22:49:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 077/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1e79506f3a..89a8e3c76d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -422,7 +422,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 re8y figs-activepassive καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 357f681814918ad8013d46960b4f2c9ac0d19647 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:16:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 078/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 89a8e3c76d..7ab1fe1867 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3bf92a704f33bfb13e51381a3fd509f473f4a3c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:28:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 079/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7ab1fe1867..016fcb4117 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -429,8 +429,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n -1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 let … entrust their souls Here the word **souls** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let … entrust themselves” or “let … entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun **well-doing** can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 142a3f9d5bb9d128b0c4cf9acee6e674c6141466 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:40:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 016fcb4117..968deb3f54 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -430,6 +430,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ef4fe7f2e366bd031a6716cd1148280d20b800e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Tue, 21 Jun 2022 23:52:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 968deb3f54..6c56018506 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Martyrdom\n\nIt is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and may be killed because of their beliefs.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 23a16317112ef5a270b1c4fc11b0e6afae0a840f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:48:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 6c56018506..4759c92e0c 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) From 46804bc0e7bdcf6ddfdcad935ec0e1cf95d0af35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:52:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 4759c92e0c..20a6d71b88 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -379,13 +379,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 5 xw39 figs-explicit τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 to the one who is ready to judge Here, **the one who is ready to judge** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is ready to judge” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “to Christ, who is ready to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 dx7v figs-merism ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς 1 the living and the dead The phrase **living and dead ones** refers to all people, whether they are still alive or have died. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 u54m figs-explicit καὶ νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached also to the dead Here, **dead ones** refers to people who heard the gospel while they were alive but had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Some people believe that this clause means that Jesus went to hell and preached the gospel to people who had died before he died on the cross. However, that idea would contradict the statement in [Hebrews 9:27](../../heb/09/27.md) that "men are appointed to die once, and after that, the judgment." It does not say anywhere in the Bible that anyone got a second chance to believe in Jesus after they had already died. If this use of **dead ones** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gospel was preached also to those who have since died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) people preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “people preached the gospel” (2) Christ preached the gospel. Alternate translation: “Christ preached the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is in contrast to the physical realm referred to earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 19494c666f03f9ae452d5f317a30534fcd0ae3f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 15:59:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 20a6d71b88..1d65123e0e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 3 22 ldrw figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 In this culture, the place at the **right** side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who is at the place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 3 22 q72i figs-doublet ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 The words **angels**, **authorities**, and **powers** are all terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. If your language does not have three different terms for rulers or authorities, you can combine them. Alternate translation: “all types of supernatural beings having been subjected to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 3 22 f6jq figs-activepassive ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων, καὶ ἐξουσιῶν, καὶ δυνάμεων 1 after … had been subjected to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having subjected angels and authorities and powers to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nPeter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. +1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5f5bd530e6662a41e3d4b0c1d6e8a368c06c0e3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:10:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 085/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1d65123e0e..7bb5403d19 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From d9ae5c49b76187b4083cc0a7b15d5b88a75a20b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:13:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 086/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7bb5403d19..a0c7094fde 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind to do something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From a5615372270433167817abc5275c1a93f1c68ce7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:13:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a0c7094fde..7bb5403d19 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. How believers should endure suffering (3:13–4:6)\n2. The end is near (4:7–11)\n3. How believers should respond to trials (4:12–19)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [verse 18](../04/18.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ungodly Gentiles\n\nAlthough the term “Gentiles” usually refers to people who are not Jewish, in [verse 3](../04/03.md) Peter uses “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. Actions like “licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” were typical of ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Let him” and “Let those”\n\nIn [verses 16–19](../04/16.md) Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. Although they are commands that he wants his readers to obey, it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate these as commands. 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind to do something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) From a2f502b3a8ff57a03c951d7da9a3a4a1501534b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:23:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 088/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7bb5403d19..579a2cf82d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 b8d4 grammar-connect-words-phrases οὖν 1 **Therefore** here refers back to what Peter has said about Jesus’ suffering in [3:18](../03/18.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Considering what I have written about Christ’s suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 1PE 4 1 ess6 figs-metonymy σαρκὶ…σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here, **flesh** refers to the human body, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the body … in the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention Here Peter uses **arm yourselves** figuratively to refer to preparing one’s mind for something. As soldiers get their weapons ready for battle, so should Christians be mentally prepared to suffer for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “prepare your minds with the same way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter implies **the same way of thinking** as Jesus Christ had when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. It does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 203741821303e6c7acb55ec7836da7953a48803d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:27:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 089/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 579a2cf82d..a023f5edff 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 yxs5 figs-explicit τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν 1 Here Peter uses **the same way of thinking** to refer to Jesus’ **way of thinking** when he suffered. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the same way of thinking about suffering that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of one’s life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” From 6f2984f8a07d42aa852b2a95b453ebd670789c3c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:32:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 090/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index a023f5edff..d43eb9f529 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 1 d66g figs-explicit πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin Here, **ceased from sin** means “no longer living with a sinful mindset.” The idea is that suffering because of one’s faith indicates that a person is not living sinfully. Christians are often persecuted by unbelievers because they refuse to act sinfully. This phrase does not mean that Christians who suffer never sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has stopped living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 tjdq grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **in order to** introduces a purpose clause. This could mean: (1) this verse states the purpose for ceasing from sin mentioned at the end of the previous verse. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he will” (2) this verse states the purpose for the command to “arm yourselves” in the previous verse. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “Arm yourselves in order to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 2 d49a figs-metonymy τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ…χρόνον 1 Peter uses **time in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the remaining time of your life” or “the rest of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 2 fsvk figs-explicit ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 Here, **desires** refers specifically to sinful **desires**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the sinful desires of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 2 gbb6 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for the desires of men Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense to refer to humans in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for human desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 3 anhj ἀρκετὸς…ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος 1 Alternate translation: “enough time has passed” 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d23c1d20480f8d4b668e77c14090733a9082b7e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:40:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d43eb9f529..57ca052e6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 3 efte figs-metaphor τὸ βούλημα τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here Peter uses **Gentiles** figuratively to refer to sinful people who do not know God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the will of those people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 rp5p figs-metaphor πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 Peter speaks of these different sins figuratively as if they were places that his readers had formerly **lived in**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having practiced licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing, drinking parties, and lawless idolatry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 3 lm35 figs-abstractnouns πεπορευμένους ἐν ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κώμοις, πότοις, καὶ ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρίαις 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **licentiousness, lusts, drunkenness, carousing**, and **idolatry**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having lived licentious and lustful lives, getting drunk, attending immoral parties and drinking parties, and worshipping prohibited idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to quickly participating in sinful acts with unbelievers . If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not quickly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully so much that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 c4ma figs-metaphor μὴ συντρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 Peter uses **running** **into** figuratively to refer to being eager to participate in sinful acts with unbelievers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not eagerly joining them to participate in the same outpouring of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 4 q6k6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 outpouring of their reckless behavior Peter uses **outpouring** figuratively to refer to acting sinfully to such a high degree that it is as if the sin was pouring out like a flood. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “abundant acts of recklessness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 4 w1d8 figs-explicit τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 of their reckless behavior The word **recklessness** refers to doings things without caring about the consequences. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of carelessly sinning without limits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 5 datm figs-metaphor οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **give** figuratively to refer to speaking something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will speak a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 5 r288 figs-metonymy οἳ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον 1 Here Peter uses **word** figuratively to refer to an explanation that they would speak using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will give an account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From da628af8e91f063dc7fb0b4fefc170b16eef79e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:45:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 092/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 57ca052e6b..c00c7baedc 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι…κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This could mean: (1) men judged and persecuted them during their lives according to human standards. Alternate translation: “men judged them in the flesh by human standards” (2) God judged them as humans during their lives. Alternate translation: “God judged them in the flesh as humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 6 gm1m figs-gendernotations κατὰ ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Peter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “according to people” or “as people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c0185384a0116c71d875f0ad76ad0d8be1d2db86 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:47:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 093/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index c00c7baedc..7e2794bdf7 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 s72f figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 they were judged in the flesh according to men Here Peter uses **in the flesh** figuratively to refer to a person’s lifetime. See how you translated this expression in [verse 2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 6 encm figs-explicit ζῶσι 1 Here, **live** refers to experiencing eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might experience eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ’s second coming. +1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 723efd55387659aa40701d89fca2f590be8890f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 16:49:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7e2794bdf7..1bcd12531d 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 6 h154 figs-explicit ζῶσι…πνεύματι 1 Here, **the spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, in which case this phrase would indicate the means by which the people received eternal life. Alternate translation: “they might live by the Spirit” (2) their spiritual existence, in which case this phrase would be referring to the spiritual realm that is contrasted with the physical realm mentioned earlier in the verse with the phrase “in the flesh.” Alternate translation: “they might live spiritually” or “they might live in the spiritual realm” See how you translated the same expression in [3:18](../03/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 e445 figs-explicit πάντων…τὸ τέλος 1 the end of all things Here, **the end of all things** refer to the end of the world when Jesus returns and judges everyone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of the world when Jesus returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 1987b65156edecb45dae623631d9903f9e3ff009 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:01:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 1bcd12531d..63b07bb712 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -390,9 +390,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 has come near Peter uses **has come near** figuratively to refer to something that will happen soon. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will soon happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-doublet σωφρονήσατε…καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober The words translated as **sound mind** and **sober** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly since the end of the world is near. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “be completely clearheaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-metaphor νήψατε 1 be sober See how you translated this word in [1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers should think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that someone who loves others will forgive them for their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “providing food and a sleeping place” or “providing room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 7 qb4j grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς προσευχάς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Peter is stating a purpose for his readers to think clearly. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of praying prayers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) +1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-metaphor ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes **love** figuratively as if it were a person who could cover something up and **sins** figuratively as if they were objects that could be covered up. This clause means that people who love others will forgive them for the sins that they commit against them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “for those who love forgive the many sins of others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 4 9 g3vw figs-explicit φιλόξενοι 1 hospitable The word **hospitable** refers to showing kindness to and providing for the needs of guests and travelers. This was especially important in Peter’s time because inns were dangerous places where people did many immoral activities, so Christians could not stay in them. If it might be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “be those who provide food and a sleeping place” or “be those who provide room and board” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3b39e2caf15aed0b783a3bdae659756e37de1a95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:09:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 096/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 63b07bb712..e9a6c6dde2 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 9 rzbi figs-litotes ἄνευ γογγυσμοῦ 1 Here Peter uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “with cheerfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 Just as each one has received a gift Here, **gift** refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as each one has received a special spiritual ability from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various gracious gifts that God gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 965574c64c3aab8792838f00037aae351d877b33 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:10:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e9a6c6dde2..7d435c1afa 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 10 a30t figs-metaphor ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter uses **stewards** figuratively to refer to using spiritual abilities from God to serve other believers as if managing resources for a boss. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “as those managing the diverse grace of God well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 10 smyw figs-possession ποικίλης χάριτος Θεοῦ 1 Peter is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that is given by God. The word **grace** refers to the various spiritual gifts that God graciously gives believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the diverse gracious gifts from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1PE 4 11 b81x figs-ellipsis εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια Θεοῦ 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone speaks, let him speak as if he is speaking the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he is serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +1PE 4 11 vs2d figs-ellipsis εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ Θεός 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “if anyone serves others, let him serve others as if he were serving them with the strength that God supplies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all God may be glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 11 wq9e figs-abstractnouns ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 may be glorified If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **power**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “may he be recognized as glorious and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 4b9b946f25f7aa06543de46619346d47decbc435 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:16:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 098/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 7d435c1afa..d2aa69fa55 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει 1 the fiery trial among you that is happening for a testing to you Peter refers to suffering Christians as if they were gold being refined by being passed through a fire. In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and strengthen a Christian’s faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “the trial you are experiencing that is refining you like gold is refined in fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 13 mhj1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory If your language does not use an abstract nouns for the ideas of **revelation** and **glory**, you could express the same ideas in another way. This phrase could mean: (1) Christ will reveal his own glory. Alternate translation: “when he reveals how glorious he is” (2) God will reveal Christ’s glory. Alternate translation: “when God reveals how glorious Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 13 b63p figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the revelation of his glory** refers to the time in the future when Jesus returns to earth and judges everyone. If this might might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the revelation of his glory when he returns to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 you may rejoice, being full of joy The words **rejoice** and **glad** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the intensity of joy. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “rejoice even more” or “be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 14 kswc figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If people revile you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are reviled for the name of Christ Here,**name** refers to Christ himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 4 14 wbm3 figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you are people whom God has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f61a785fe84d244d6262e96a18739f43464828ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:22:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 099/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index d2aa69fa55..9083f26429 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 14 nx6p figs-idiom ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you Here, **rests on you** is as idiom that refers to the Holy Spirit continually dwelling within Christians. Peter borrowed this language from [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md) where it originally referred to the Holy Spirit dwelling in the Messiah. The Holy Spirit dwells in the Messiah as well as in those who believe in the Messiah ([John 1:33](../../jhn/01/33.md); [14:16–17](../../jhn/14/16.md)). The Holy Spirit who dwells within believers provides strength and comfort when believers are persecuted for their faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is staying with you” or “remains within you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1PE 4 15 qzlb figs-abstractnouns ὡς φονεὺς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιὸς, ἢ ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **murderer**, **thief**, **evildoer** and **meddler**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “as someone who murders, steals, does evil, or as someone who meddles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 15 nr6n ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler Here, **meddler** refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so. Alternate translation: “someone who needlessly meddles in the affairs of other people” -1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +1PE 4 16 xb0e figs-123person μὴ αἰσχυνέσθω, δοξαζέτω δὲ τὸν Θεὸν 1 Peter is addressing his readers indirectly by using the third person. If this might be confusing in your language, you can use the second person like the previous verse does. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do not be ashamed, but glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +1PE 4 16 xm8z figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **this name** refers to the word “Christian” mentioned earlier in the verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he bears the name Christian” or “because people have recognized him as a Christian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 nawr figs-abstractnouns ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “it is time for God to begin judging the household of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From b331cdc9a6662d460b81f8c6ffbf891827c0ec60 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 17:29:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 100/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 9083f26429..3bd1650d13 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -418,13 +418,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the household of God Here Peter uses **household** figuratively to refer to all believers as if they were a family that belongs to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who belong to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 4 17 v74q figs-ellipsis εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God Peter is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but if it is time for judgment to begin first with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1PE 4 17 phx3 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 the household of God When Peter says **us**, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **us** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ? 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for those who believe it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how terrible will be the end of the ones disobeying the gospel of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 e5fn figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 but if first with us, what will be the end of those disobeying the gospel of God? Here, **end** refers to the final result of the lives of people who do not believe in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the final result” or “the outcome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 4 17 z9zc figs-explicit τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the end of those disobeying Here, **disobeying** refers to disobeying the command to repent and believe the gospel, which is part of the gospel message. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “of the ones refusing to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n 1PE 4 17 l3db figs-possession τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 of those disobeying the gospel of God Here, **the gospel of God** could refer to: (1) the gospel that came from God. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (2) the gospel that is about God. Alternate translation: “the gospel about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +1PE 4 18 re8y writing-quotations καὶ 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved **And** here introduces a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “And Solomon wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1PE 4 18 f7kx figs-quotemarks εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved This sentence is a quotation from [Proverbs 11:31](../../pro/11/31). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Here, **saved** refers to final salvation when Christ returns. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If with difficulty God is saving the righteous one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 i6nz figs-genericnoun ὁ δίκαιος…ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 If with difficulty the righteous are being saved Peter is speaking of these types of people in general, not of specific individual people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “righteous ones … ungodly and sinful ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται? 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear? Peter is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize that ungodly people will suffer much more than believers do. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly and sinner will surely not appear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 ms54 figs-idiom ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 where will the ungodly and the sinner appear Here, the combination of **where will** and **appear** is an idiom meaning “what will happen.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 57ef694e5646855db949738fe8c3e229a59552f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:22:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 101/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 3bd1650d13..73790a6d3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\nMost people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 64e6e45238a9454b211453201bf61e93e599f61e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:31:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index 73790a6d3a..e73b21fc65 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 The words **ungodly** and **sinner** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the wickedness of these people. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” -1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nAll animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 700989a1b45dd6a79cf79f4250180c1897c5ec6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: avaldizan Date: Wed, 22 Jun 2022 20:32:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/103] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv index e73b21fc65..39f8561f2e 100644 --- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv +++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 See how you translated **souls** in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1PE 4 19 g1r6 ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 Alternate translation: “while doing good” or “while continuing to do good deeds” 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Instructions for relationships among believers (5:1–11)\n2. Conclusion (5:12–14)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Crowns\n\nThe crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])\n\n### Lion\n\nOther animals are usually afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n### Babylon\n\nBabylon was the evil nation that had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Other places in Scripture also use Babylon as a metaphor for the enemies of God’s people. In [verse 13](../05/13.md) Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians to whom he was writing. Most scholars because that here Peter is referring to Rome because the Romans were severely persecuting Christians there at that time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders. +1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: In [verses 1–4](../05/01.md) Peter speaks directly to men who are leaders in the churches. 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-metonymy τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 5 1 a6ve figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 of the glory that is about to be revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the glory of Christ that God will soon reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Shepherd the flock of God Peter speaks of the believers as a **flock** of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])